1 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 2 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 8 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 9 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 10 * 11 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 12 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as 13 * published by the Free Software Foundation. 14 */ 15 16 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 17 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 18 #include <linux/list.h> 19 #include <linux/bug.h> 20 #include <linux/netlink.h> 21 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 22 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 23 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 24 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 25 #include <linux/net.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * 102 */ 103 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 106 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 117 }; 118 119 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 120 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 121 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 123 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 124 125 /** 126 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 127 * 128 * This structure describes a single channel for use 129 * with cfg80211. 130 * 131 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 hw_value; 154 u32 flags; 155 int max_antenna_gain; 156 int max_power; 157 int max_reg_power; 158 bool beacon_found; 159 u32 orig_flags; 160 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 161 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 162 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 163 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 164 }; 165 166 /** 167 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 168 * 169 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 170 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 171 * different bands/PHY modes. 172 * 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 174 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 175 * with CCK rates. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 183 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 184 * core code when registering the wiphy. 185 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 188 */ 189 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 190 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 197 }; 198 199 /** 200 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 201 * 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 214 }; 215 216 /** 217 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 218 * 219 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 222 */ 223 enum ieee80211_privacy { 224 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 227 }; 228 229 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 230 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 231 232 /** 233 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 234 * 235 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 236 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 237 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 238 * passed around. 239 * 240 * @flags: rate-specific flags 241 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 242 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 243 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 244 * short preamble is used 245 */ 246 struct ieee80211_rate { 247 u32 flags; 248 u16 bitrate; 249 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 250 }; 251 252 /** 253 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 254 * 255 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 256 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 257 * 258 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 259 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 260 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 261 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 262 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 263 */ 264 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 265 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 266 bool ht_supported; 267 u8 ampdu_factor; 268 u8 ampdu_density; 269 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 270 }; 271 272 /** 273 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 274 * 275 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 276 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 277 * 278 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 279 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 280 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 281 */ 282 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 283 bool vht_supported; 284 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 285 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 286 }; 287 288 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 289 290 /** 291 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 292 * 293 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 294 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 295 * 296 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 297 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 298 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 299 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 300 */ 301 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 302 bool has_he; 303 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 304 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 305 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 306 }; 307 308 /** 309 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 310 * 311 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 312 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 313 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 314 * 315 * @types_mask: interface types mask 316 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 317 */ 318 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 319 u16 types_mask; 320 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 321 }; 322 323 /** 324 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 325 * 326 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 327 * is able to operate in. 328 * 329 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 330 * in this band. 331 * @band: the band this structure represents 332 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 333 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 334 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 335 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 336 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 337 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 338 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 339 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 340 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 341 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 342 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 343 * iftype_data). 344 */ 345 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 346 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 347 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 348 enum nl80211_band band; 349 int n_channels; 350 int n_bitrates; 351 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 352 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 353 u16 n_iftype_data; 354 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 355 }; 356 357 /** 358 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 359 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 360 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 361 * 362 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 363 */ 364 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 365 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 366 u8 iftype) 367 { 368 int i; 369 370 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 371 return NULL; 372 373 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 374 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 375 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 376 377 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 378 return data; 379 } 380 381 return NULL; 382 } 383 384 /** 385 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 386 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 387 * 388 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 389 */ 390 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 391 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 392 { 393 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 394 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 395 396 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 397 return &data->he_cap; 398 399 return NULL; 400 } 401 402 /** 403 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 404 * 405 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 406 * 407 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 408 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 409 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 410 * 411 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 412 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 413 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 414 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 415 * without affecting other devices. 416 * 417 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 418 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 419 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 420 */ 421 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 422 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 423 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 424 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 425 { 426 } 427 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 428 429 430 /* 431 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 432 */ 433 434 /** 435 * DOC: Actions and configuration 436 * 437 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 438 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 439 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 440 * operations use are described separately. 441 * 442 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 443 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 444 * 445 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 446 * in a separate chapter. 447 */ 448 449 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 450 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 451 452 /** 453 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 454 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 455 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 456 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 457 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 458 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 459 * determine the address as needed. 460 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 461 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 462 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 463 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 464 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 465 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 466 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 467 */ 468 struct vif_params { 469 u32 flags; 470 int use_4addr; 471 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 472 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 473 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 474 }; 475 476 /** 477 * struct key_params - key information 478 * 479 * Information about a key 480 * 481 * @key: key material 482 * @key_len: length of key material 483 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 484 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 485 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 486 * length given by @seq_len. 487 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 488 */ 489 struct key_params { 490 const u8 *key; 491 const u8 *seq; 492 int key_len; 493 int seq_len; 494 u32 cipher; 495 }; 496 497 /** 498 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 499 * @chan: the (control) channel 500 * @width: channel width 501 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 502 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 503 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 504 */ 505 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 506 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 507 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 508 u32 center_freq1; 509 u32 center_freq2; 510 }; 511 512 /** 513 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 514 * @chandef: the channel definition 515 * 516 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 517 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 518 */ 519 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 520 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 521 { 522 switch (chandef->width) { 523 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 524 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 525 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 526 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 527 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 528 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 529 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 530 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 531 default: 532 WARN_ON(1); 533 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 534 } 535 } 536 537 /** 538 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 539 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 540 * @channel: the control channel 541 * @chantype: the channel type 542 * 543 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 544 */ 545 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 546 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 547 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 548 549 /** 550 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 551 * @chandef1: first channel definition 552 * @chandef2: second channel definition 553 * 554 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 555 * identical, %false otherwise. 556 */ 557 static inline bool 558 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 559 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 560 { 561 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 562 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 563 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 564 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 565 } 566 567 /** 568 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 569 * @chandef1: first channel definition 570 * @chandef2: second channel definition 571 * 572 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 573 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 574 */ 575 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 576 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 577 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 578 579 /** 580 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 581 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 582 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 583 */ 584 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 585 586 /** 587 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 588 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 589 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 590 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 591 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 592 */ 593 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 594 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 595 u32 prohibited_flags); 596 597 /** 598 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 599 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 600 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 601 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 602 * Returns: 603 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 604 */ 605 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 606 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 607 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 608 609 /** 610 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 611 * 612 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 613 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 614 * 615 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 616 * 617 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 618 */ 619 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 620 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 621 { 622 switch (chandef->width) { 623 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 624 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 625 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 626 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 627 default: 628 break; 629 } 630 return 0; 631 } 632 633 /** 634 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 635 * 636 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 637 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 638 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 639 * 640 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 641 * 642 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 643 */ 644 static inline int 645 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 646 { 647 switch (chandef->width) { 648 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 649 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 650 chandef->chan->max_power); 651 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 652 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 653 chandef->chan->max_power); 654 default: 655 break; 656 } 657 return chandef->chan->max_power; 658 } 659 660 /** 661 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 662 * 663 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 664 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 665 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 666 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 667 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 668 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 669 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 670 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 671 * 672 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 673 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 674 */ 675 enum survey_info_flags { 676 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 677 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 678 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 679 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 680 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 681 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 682 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 683 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 684 }; 685 686 /** 687 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 688 * 689 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 690 * record to report global statistics 691 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 692 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 693 * optional 694 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 695 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 696 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 697 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 698 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 699 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 700 * 701 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 702 * 703 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 704 * channel duty cycle etc. 705 */ 706 struct survey_info { 707 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 708 u64 time; 709 u64 time_busy; 710 u64 time_ext_busy; 711 u64 time_rx; 712 u64 time_tx; 713 u64 time_scan; 714 u32 filled; 715 s8 noise; 716 }; 717 718 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 719 720 /** 721 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 722 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 723 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 724 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 725 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 726 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 727 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 728 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 729 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 730 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 731 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 732 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 733 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 734 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 735 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 736 * protocol frames. 737 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 738 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 739 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 740 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 741 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 742 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 743 */ 744 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 745 u32 wpa_versions; 746 u32 cipher_group; 747 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 748 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 749 int n_akm_suites; 750 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 751 bool control_port; 752 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 753 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 754 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 755 struct key_params *wep_keys; 756 int wep_tx_key; 757 const u8 *psk; 758 }; 759 760 /** 761 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 762 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 763 * or %NULL if not changed 764 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 765 * or %NULL if not changed 766 * @head_len: length of @head 767 * @tail_len: length of @tail 768 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 769 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 770 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 771 * frames or %NULL 772 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 773 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 774 * Response frames or %NULL 775 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 776 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 777 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 778 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 779 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 780 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 781 * (measurement type 8) 782 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 783 * Token (measurement type 11) 784 * @lci_len: LCI data length 785 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 786 */ 787 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 788 const u8 *head, *tail; 789 const u8 *beacon_ies; 790 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 791 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 792 const u8 *probe_resp; 793 const u8 *lci; 794 const u8 *civicloc; 795 s8 ftm_responder; 796 797 size_t head_len, tail_len; 798 size_t beacon_ies_len; 799 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 800 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 801 size_t probe_resp_len; 802 size_t lci_len; 803 size_t civicloc_len; 804 }; 805 806 struct mac_address { 807 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 808 }; 809 810 /** 811 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 812 * 813 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 814 * entry specified by mac_addr 815 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 816 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 817 */ 818 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 819 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 820 int n_acl_entries; 821 822 /* Keep it last */ 823 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 824 }; 825 826 /* 827 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 828 */ 829 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 830 struct { 831 u32 legacy; 832 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 833 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 834 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 835 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 836 }; 837 838 /** 839 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 840 * 841 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 842 * 843 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 844 */ 845 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 846 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 847 }; 848 849 /** 850 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 851 * 852 * Used to configure an AP interface. 853 * 854 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 855 * @beacon: beacon data 856 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 857 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 858 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 859 * user space) 860 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 861 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 862 * @crypto: crypto settings 863 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 864 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 865 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 866 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 867 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 868 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 869 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 870 * MAC address based access control 871 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 872 * networks. 873 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 874 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 875 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 876 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 877 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 878 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 879 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 880 */ 881 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 882 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 883 884 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 885 886 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 887 const u8 *ssid; 888 size_t ssid_len; 889 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 890 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 891 bool privacy; 892 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 893 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 894 int inactivity_timeout; 895 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 896 bool p2p_opp_ps; 897 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 898 bool pbss; 899 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 900 901 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 902 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 903 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 904 bool ht_required, vht_required; 905 u32 flags; 906 }; 907 908 /** 909 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 910 * 911 * Used for channel switch 912 * 913 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 914 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 915 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 916 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 917 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 918 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 919 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 920 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 921 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 922 * @count: number of beacons until switch 923 */ 924 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 925 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 926 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 927 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 928 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 929 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 930 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 931 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 932 bool radar_required; 933 bool block_tx; 934 u8 count; 935 }; 936 937 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 938 939 /** 940 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 941 * 942 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 943 * 944 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 945 * to use for verification 946 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 947 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 948 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 949 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 950 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 951 * nl80211_iftype. 952 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 953 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 954 * the verification 955 */ 956 struct iface_combination_params { 957 int num_different_channels; 958 u8 radar_detect; 959 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 960 u32 new_beacon_int; 961 }; 962 963 /** 964 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 965 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 966 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 967 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 968 * 969 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 970 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 971 */ 972 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 973 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 974 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 975 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 976 }; 977 978 /** 979 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 980 * 981 * Used to change and create a new station. 982 * 983 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 984 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 985 * (or NULL for no change) 986 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 987 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 988 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 989 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 990 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 991 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 992 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 993 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 994 * @plink_action: plink action to take 995 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 996 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 997 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 998 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 999 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1000 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1001 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1002 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1003 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1004 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1005 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1006 * to unknown) 1007 * @capability: station capability 1008 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1009 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1010 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1011 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1012 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1013 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1014 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1015 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1016 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1017 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1018 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1019 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1020 */ 1021 struct station_parameters { 1022 const u8 *supported_rates; 1023 struct net_device *vlan; 1024 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1025 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1026 int listen_interval; 1027 u16 aid; 1028 u16 peer_aid; 1029 u8 supported_rates_len; 1030 u8 plink_action; 1031 u8 plink_state; 1032 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1033 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1034 u8 uapsd_queues; 1035 u8 max_sp; 1036 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1037 u16 capability; 1038 const u8 *ext_capab; 1039 u8 ext_capab_len; 1040 const u8 *supported_channels; 1041 u8 supported_channels_len; 1042 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1043 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1044 u8 opmode_notif; 1045 bool opmode_notif_used; 1046 int support_p2p_ps; 1047 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1048 u8 he_capa_len; 1049 u16 airtime_weight; 1050 }; 1051 1052 /** 1053 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1054 * 1055 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1056 * 1057 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1058 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1059 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1060 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1061 */ 1062 struct station_del_parameters { 1063 const u8 *mac; 1064 u8 subtype; 1065 u16 reason_code; 1066 }; 1067 1068 /** 1069 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1070 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1071 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1072 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1073 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1074 * the AP MLME in the device 1075 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1076 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1077 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1078 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1079 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1080 * supported/used) 1081 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1082 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1083 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1084 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1085 */ 1086 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1087 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1088 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1089 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1090 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1091 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1092 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1093 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1094 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1095 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1096 }; 1097 1098 /** 1099 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1100 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1101 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1102 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1103 * 1104 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1105 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1106 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1107 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1108 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1109 */ 1110 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1111 struct station_parameters *params, 1112 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1113 1114 /** 1115 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1116 * 1117 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1118 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1119 * 1120 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1121 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1122 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1123 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS 1124 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1125 */ 1126 enum rate_info_flags { 1127 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1128 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1129 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1130 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3), 1131 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1132 }; 1133 1134 /** 1135 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1136 * 1137 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1138 * 1139 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1140 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1141 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1142 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1143 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1144 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1145 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1146 */ 1147 enum rate_info_bw { 1148 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1149 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1150 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1151 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1152 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1153 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1154 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1155 }; 1156 1157 /** 1158 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1159 * 1160 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1161 * 1162 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1163 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1164 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1165 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1166 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1167 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1168 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1169 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1170 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1171 */ 1172 struct rate_info { 1173 u8 flags; 1174 u8 mcs; 1175 u16 legacy; 1176 u8 nss; 1177 u8 bw; 1178 u8 he_gi; 1179 u8 he_dcm; 1180 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1181 }; 1182 1183 /** 1184 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1185 * 1186 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1187 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1188 * 1189 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1190 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1191 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1192 */ 1193 enum bss_param_flags { 1194 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1195 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1196 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1197 }; 1198 1199 /** 1200 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1201 * 1202 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1203 * 1204 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1205 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1206 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1207 */ 1208 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1209 u8 flags; 1210 u8 dtim_period; 1211 u16 beacon_interval; 1212 }; 1213 1214 /** 1215 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1216 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1217 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1218 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1219 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1220 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1221 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1222 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1223 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1224 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1225 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1226 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1227 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1228 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1229 */ 1230 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1231 u32 filled; 1232 u32 backlog_bytes; 1233 u32 backlog_packets; 1234 u32 flows; 1235 u32 drops; 1236 u32 ecn_marks; 1237 u32 overlimit; 1238 u32 overmemory; 1239 u32 collisions; 1240 u32 tx_bytes; 1241 u32 tx_packets; 1242 u32 max_flows; 1243 }; 1244 1245 /** 1246 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1247 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1248 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1249 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1250 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1251 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1252 * transmitted MSDUs 1253 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1254 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1255 */ 1256 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1257 u32 filled; 1258 u64 rx_msdu; 1259 u64 tx_msdu; 1260 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1261 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1262 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1263 }; 1264 1265 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1266 1267 /** 1268 * struct station_info - station information 1269 * 1270 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1271 * 1272 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1273 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1274 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1275 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1276 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1277 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1278 * @llid: mesh local link id 1279 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1280 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1281 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1282 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1283 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1284 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1285 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1286 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1287 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1288 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1289 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1290 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1291 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1292 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1293 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1294 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1295 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1296 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1297 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1298 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1299 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1300 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1301 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1302 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1303 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1304 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1305 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1306 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1307 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1308 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1309 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1310 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1311 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1312 * towards this station. 1313 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1314 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1315 * from this peer 1316 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1317 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1318 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1319 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1320 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1321 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1322 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1323 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1324 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1325 * been sent. 1326 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1327 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1328 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1329 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1330 */ 1331 struct station_info { 1332 u64 filled; 1333 u32 connected_time; 1334 u32 inactive_time; 1335 u64 rx_bytes; 1336 u64 tx_bytes; 1337 u16 llid; 1338 u16 plid; 1339 u8 plink_state; 1340 s8 signal; 1341 s8 signal_avg; 1342 1343 u8 chains; 1344 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1345 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1346 1347 struct rate_info txrate; 1348 struct rate_info rxrate; 1349 u32 rx_packets; 1350 u32 tx_packets; 1351 u32 tx_retries; 1352 u32 tx_failed; 1353 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1354 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1355 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1356 1357 int generation; 1358 1359 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1360 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1361 1362 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1363 s64 t_offset; 1364 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1365 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1366 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1367 1368 u32 expected_throughput; 1369 1370 u64 tx_duration; 1371 u64 rx_duration; 1372 u64 rx_beacon; 1373 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1374 u8 connected_to_gate; 1375 1376 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1377 s8 ack_signal; 1378 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1379 1380 u16 airtime_weight; 1381 1382 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1383 u32 fcs_err_count; 1384 }; 1385 1386 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1387 /** 1388 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1389 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1390 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1391 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1392 * 1393 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1394 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1395 * considered undefined. 1396 */ 1397 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1398 struct station_info *sinfo); 1399 #else 1400 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1401 const u8 *mac_addr, 1402 struct station_info *sinfo) 1403 { 1404 return -ENOENT; 1405 } 1406 #endif 1407 1408 /** 1409 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1410 * 1411 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1412 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1413 * 1414 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1415 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1416 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1417 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1418 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1419 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1420 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1421 */ 1422 enum monitor_flags { 1423 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1424 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1425 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1426 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1427 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1428 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1429 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1430 }; 1431 1432 /** 1433 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1434 * 1435 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1436 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1437 * 1438 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1439 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1440 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1441 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1442 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1443 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1444 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1445 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1446 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1447 */ 1448 enum mpath_info_flags { 1449 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1450 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1451 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1452 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1453 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1454 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1455 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1456 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1457 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1458 }; 1459 1460 /** 1461 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1462 * 1463 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1464 * 1465 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1466 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1467 * @sn: target sequence number 1468 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1469 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1470 * @flags: mesh path flags 1471 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1472 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1473 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1474 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1475 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1476 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1477 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1478 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1479 */ 1480 struct mpath_info { 1481 u32 filled; 1482 u32 frame_qlen; 1483 u32 sn; 1484 u32 metric; 1485 u32 exptime; 1486 u32 discovery_timeout; 1487 u8 discovery_retries; 1488 u8 flags; 1489 u8 hop_count; 1490 u32 path_change_count; 1491 1492 int generation; 1493 }; 1494 1495 /** 1496 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1497 * 1498 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1499 * 1500 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1501 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1502 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1503 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1504 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1505 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1506 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1507 * (or NULL for no change) 1508 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1509 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1510 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1511 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1512 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1513 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1514 */ 1515 struct bss_parameters { 1516 int use_cts_prot; 1517 int use_short_preamble; 1518 int use_short_slot_time; 1519 const u8 *basic_rates; 1520 u8 basic_rates_len; 1521 int ap_isolate; 1522 int ht_opmode; 1523 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1524 }; 1525 1526 /** 1527 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1528 * 1529 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1530 * 1531 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1532 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1533 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1534 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1535 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1536 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1537 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1538 * mesh interface 1539 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1540 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1541 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1542 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1543 * elements 1544 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1545 * detect compatible mesh peers 1546 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1547 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1548 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1549 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1550 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1551 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1552 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1553 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1554 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1555 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1556 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1557 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1558 * element 1559 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1560 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1561 * element 1562 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1563 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1564 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1565 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1566 * announcements are transmitted 1567 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1568 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1569 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1570 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1571 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1572 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1573 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1574 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1575 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1576 * station to establish a peer link 1577 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1578 * 1579 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1580 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1581 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1582 * 1583 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1584 * PREQs are transmitted. 1585 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1586 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1587 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1588 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1589 * setting for new peer links. 1590 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1591 * after transmitting its beacon. 1592 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1593 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1594 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1595 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1596 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1597 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1598 * in the mesh path table 1599 */ 1600 struct mesh_config { 1601 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1602 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1603 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1604 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1605 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1606 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1607 u8 element_ttl; 1608 bool auto_open_plinks; 1609 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1610 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1611 u32 path_refresh_time; 1612 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1613 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1614 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1615 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1616 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1617 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1618 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1619 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1620 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1621 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1622 s32 rssi_threshold; 1623 u16 ht_opmode; 1624 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1625 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1626 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1627 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1628 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1629 u32 plink_timeout; 1630 }; 1631 1632 /** 1633 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1634 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1635 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1636 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1637 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1638 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1639 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1640 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1641 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1642 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1643 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1644 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1645 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1646 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1647 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1648 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1649 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1650 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1651 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1652 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1653 * to operate on DFS channels. 1654 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1655 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1656 * 1657 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1658 */ 1659 struct mesh_setup { 1660 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1661 const u8 *mesh_id; 1662 u8 mesh_id_len; 1663 u8 sync_method; 1664 u8 path_sel_proto; 1665 u8 path_metric; 1666 u8 auth_id; 1667 const u8 *ie; 1668 u8 ie_len; 1669 bool is_authenticated; 1670 bool is_secure; 1671 bool user_mpm; 1672 u8 dtim_period; 1673 u16 beacon_interval; 1674 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1675 u32 basic_rates; 1676 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1677 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1678 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1679 }; 1680 1681 /** 1682 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1683 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1684 * 1685 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1686 */ 1687 struct ocb_setup { 1688 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1689 }; 1690 1691 /** 1692 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1693 * @ac: AC identifier 1694 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1695 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1696 * 1..32767] 1697 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1698 * 1..32767] 1699 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1700 */ 1701 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1702 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1703 u16 txop; 1704 u16 cwmin; 1705 u16 cwmax; 1706 u8 aifs; 1707 }; 1708 1709 /** 1710 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1711 * 1712 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1713 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1714 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1715 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1716 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1717 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1718 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1719 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1720 * in the wiphy structure. 1721 * 1722 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1723 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1724 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1725 * 1726 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1727 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1728 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1729 * to userspace. 1730 */ 1731 1732 /** 1733 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1734 * @ssid: the SSID 1735 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1736 */ 1737 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1738 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1739 u8 ssid_len; 1740 }; 1741 1742 /** 1743 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1744 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1745 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1746 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1747 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1748 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1749 * userspace will be notified of that 1750 */ 1751 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1752 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1753 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1754 bool aborted; 1755 }; 1756 1757 /** 1758 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1759 * 1760 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1761 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1762 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1763 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1764 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1765 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1766 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1767 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1768 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1769 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1770 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1771 * %duration field. 1772 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1773 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1774 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1775 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1776 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1777 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1778 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1779 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1780 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1781 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1782 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1783 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1784 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1785 */ 1786 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1787 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1788 int n_ssids; 1789 u32 n_channels; 1790 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1791 const u8 *ie; 1792 size_t ie_len; 1793 u16 duration; 1794 bool duration_mandatory; 1795 u32 flags; 1796 1797 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1798 1799 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1800 1801 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1802 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1803 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1804 1805 /* internal */ 1806 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1807 unsigned long scan_start; 1808 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1809 bool notified; 1810 bool no_cck; 1811 1812 /* keep last */ 1813 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1814 }; 1815 1816 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1817 { 1818 int i; 1819 1820 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1821 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1822 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1823 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1824 } 1825 } 1826 1827 /** 1828 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1829 * 1830 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1831 * or no match (RSSI only) 1832 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1833 * or no match (RSSI only) 1834 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1835 */ 1836 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1837 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1838 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1839 s32 rssi_thold; 1840 }; 1841 1842 /** 1843 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1844 * 1845 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1846 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1847 * infinite loop. 1848 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 1849 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 1850 */ 1851 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 1852 u32 interval; 1853 u32 iterations; 1854 }; 1855 1856 /** 1857 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 1858 * 1859 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 1860 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 1861 */ 1862 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 1863 enum nl80211_band band; 1864 s8 delta; 1865 }; 1866 1867 /** 1868 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 1869 * 1870 * @reqid: identifies this request. 1871 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 1872 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1873 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1874 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1875 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1876 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1877 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1878 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 1879 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 1880 * (others are filtered out). 1881 * If ommited, all results are passed. 1882 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 1883 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 1884 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1885 * @dev: the interface 1886 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 1887 * @channels: channels to scan 1888 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 1889 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 1890 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1891 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1892 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1893 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1894 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 1895 * index must be executed first. 1896 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 1897 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 1898 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 1899 * owned by a particular socket) 1900 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 1901 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 1902 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 1903 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 1904 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 1905 * supported. 1906 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 1907 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 1908 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 1909 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 1910 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 1911 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 1912 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 1913 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 1914 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 1915 * comparisions. 1916 */ 1917 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 1918 u64 reqid; 1919 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1920 int n_ssids; 1921 u32 n_channels; 1922 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1923 const u8 *ie; 1924 size_t ie_len; 1925 u32 flags; 1926 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 1927 int n_match_sets; 1928 s32 min_rssi_thold; 1929 u32 delay; 1930 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 1931 int n_scan_plans; 1932 1933 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1934 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1935 1936 bool relative_rssi_set; 1937 s8 relative_rssi; 1938 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 1939 1940 /* internal */ 1941 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1942 struct net_device *dev; 1943 unsigned long scan_start; 1944 bool report_results; 1945 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 1946 u32 owner_nlportid; 1947 bool nl_owner_dead; 1948 struct list_head list; 1949 1950 /* keep last */ 1951 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1952 }; 1953 1954 /** 1955 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 1956 * 1957 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 1958 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 1959 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 1960 */ 1961 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 1962 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 1963 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 1964 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 1965 }; 1966 1967 /** 1968 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 1969 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 1970 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 1971 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 1972 * signal type 1973 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 1974 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 1975 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 1976 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 1977 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 1978 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate. 1979 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 1980 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 1981 * by %parent_bssid. 1982 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 1983 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 1984 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 1985 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 1986 */ 1987 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 1988 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 1989 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1990 s32 signal; 1991 u64 boottime_ns; 1992 u64 parent_tsf; 1993 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1994 u8 chains; 1995 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1996 }; 1997 1998 /** 1999 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2000 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2001 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2002 * @len: length of the IEs 2003 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2004 * @data: IE data 2005 */ 2006 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2007 u64 tsf; 2008 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2009 int len; 2010 bool from_beacon; 2011 u8 data[]; 2012 }; 2013 2014 /** 2015 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2016 * 2017 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2018 * for use in scan results and similar. 2019 * 2020 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2021 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2022 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2023 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2024 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2025 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2026 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2027 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2028 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2029 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2030 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2031 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2032 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2033 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2034 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2035 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2036 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2037 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2038 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2039 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2040 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2041 * (multi-BSSID support) 2042 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2043 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2044 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2045 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2046 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2047 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2048 */ 2049 struct cfg80211_bss { 2050 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2051 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2052 2053 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2054 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2055 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2056 2057 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2058 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2059 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2060 2061 s32 signal; 2062 2063 u16 beacon_interval; 2064 u16 capability; 2065 2066 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2067 u8 chains; 2068 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2069 2070 u8 bssid_index; 2071 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2072 2073 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2074 }; 2075 2076 /** 2077 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2078 * @bss: the bss to search 2079 * @id: the element ID 2080 * 2081 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2082 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2083 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2084 */ 2085 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2086 2087 /** 2088 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2089 * @bss: the bss to search 2090 * @id: the element ID 2091 * 2092 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2093 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2094 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2095 */ 2096 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2097 { 2098 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2099 } 2100 2101 2102 /** 2103 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2104 * 2105 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2106 * authentication. 2107 * 2108 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2109 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2110 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2111 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2112 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2113 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2114 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2115 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2116 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2117 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2118 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2119 * transaction sequence number field. 2120 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2121 */ 2122 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2123 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2124 const u8 *ie; 2125 size_t ie_len; 2126 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2127 const u8 *key; 2128 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2129 const u8 *auth_data; 2130 size_t auth_data_len; 2131 }; 2132 2133 /** 2134 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2135 * 2136 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2137 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2138 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2139 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2140 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2141 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2142 * request (connect callback). 2143 */ 2144 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2145 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2146 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2147 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2148 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2149 }; 2150 2151 /** 2152 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2153 * 2154 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2155 * (re)association. 2156 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2157 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2158 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2159 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2160 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2161 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2162 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2163 * @crypto: crypto settings 2164 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2165 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2166 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2167 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2168 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2169 * frame. 2170 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2171 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2172 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2173 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2174 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2175 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2176 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2177 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2178 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2179 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2180 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2181 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2182 */ 2183 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2184 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2185 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2186 size_t ie_len; 2187 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2188 bool use_mfp; 2189 u32 flags; 2190 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2191 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2192 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2193 const u8 *fils_kek; 2194 size_t fils_kek_len; 2195 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2196 }; 2197 2198 /** 2199 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2200 * 2201 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2202 * deauthentication. 2203 * 2204 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2205 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2206 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2207 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2208 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2209 * do not set a deauth frame 2210 */ 2211 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2212 const u8 *bssid; 2213 const u8 *ie; 2214 size_t ie_len; 2215 u16 reason_code; 2216 bool local_state_change; 2217 }; 2218 2219 /** 2220 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2221 * 2222 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2223 * disassociation. 2224 * 2225 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2226 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2227 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2228 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2229 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2230 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2231 */ 2232 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2233 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2234 const u8 *ie; 2235 size_t ie_len; 2236 u16 reason_code; 2237 bool local_state_change; 2238 }; 2239 2240 /** 2241 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2242 * 2243 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2244 * method. 2245 * 2246 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2247 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2248 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2249 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2250 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2251 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2252 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2253 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2254 * @ie_len: length of that 2255 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2256 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2257 * after joining 2258 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2259 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2260 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2261 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2262 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2263 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2264 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2265 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2266 * to operate on DFS channels. 2267 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2268 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2269 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2270 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2271 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2272 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2273 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2274 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2275 */ 2276 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2277 const u8 *ssid; 2278 const u8 *bssid; 2279 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2280 const u8 *ie; 2281 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2282 u16 beacon_interval; 2283 u32 basic_rates; 2284 bool channel_fixed; 2285 bool privacy; 2286 bool control_port; 2287 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2288 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2289 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2290 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2291 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2292 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2293 int wep_tx_key; 2294 }; 2295 2296 /** 2297 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2298 * 2299 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2300 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2301 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2302 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2303 */ 2304 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2305 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2306 union { 2307 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2308 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2309 } param; 2310 }; 2311 2312 /** 2313 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2314 * 2315 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2316 * authentication and association. 2317 * 2318 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2319 * on scan results) 2320 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2321 * %NULL if not specified 2322 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2323 * results) 2324 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2325 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2326 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2327 * to use. 2328 * @ssid: SSID 2329 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2330 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2331 * @ie: IEs for association request 2332 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2333 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2334 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2335 * @crypto: crypto settings 2336 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2337 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2338 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2339 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2340 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2341 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2342 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2343 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2344 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2345 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2346 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2347 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2348 * networks. 2349 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2350 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2351 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2352 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2353 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2354 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2355 * frame. 2356 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2357 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2358 * data IE. 2359 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2360 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2361 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2362 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2363 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2364 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2365 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2366 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2367 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2368 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2369 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2370 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2371 */ 2372 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2373 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2374 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2375 const u8 *bssid; 2376 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2377 const u8 *ssid; 2378 size_t ssid_len; 2379 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2380 const u8 *ie; 2381 size_t ie_len; 2382 bool privacy; 2383 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2384 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2385 const u8 *key; 2386 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2387 u32 flags; 2388 int bg_scan_period; 2389 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2390 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2391 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2392 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2393 bool pbss; 2394 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2395 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2396 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2397 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2398 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2399 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2400 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2401 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2402 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2403 bool want_1x; 2404 }; 2405 2406 /** 2407 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2408 * 2409 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2410 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2411 * 2412 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2413 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2414 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2415 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2416 */ 2417 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2418 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2419 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2420 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2421 }; 2422 2423 /** 2424 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2425 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2426 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2427 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2428 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2429 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2430 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2431 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2432 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2433 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2434 */ 2435 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2436 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2437 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2438 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2439 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2440 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2441 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2442 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2443 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2444 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2445 }; 2446 2447 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2448 2449 /** 2450 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2451 * 2452 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2453 * caching. 2454 * 2455 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2456 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2457 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2458 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2459 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2460 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2461 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2462 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2463 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2464 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2465 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2466 * %NULL). 2467 */ 2468 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2469 const u8 *bssid; 2470 const u8 *pmkid; 2471 const u8 *pmk; 2472 size_t pmk_len; 2473 const u8 *ssid; 2474 size_t ssid_len; 2475 const u8 *cache_id; 2476 }; 2477 2478 /** 2479 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2480 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2481 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2482 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2483 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2484 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2485 * 2486 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2487 * memory, free @mask only! 2488 */ 2489 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2490 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2491 int pattern_len; 2492 int pkt_offset; 2493 }; 2494 2495 /** 2496 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2497 * 2498 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2499 * @src: source IP address 2500 * @dst: destination IP address 2501 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2502 * @src_port: source port 2503 * @dst_port: destination port 2504 * @payload_len: data payload length 2505 * @payload: data payload buffer 2506 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2507 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2508 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2509 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2510 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2511 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2512 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2513 */ 2514 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2515 struct socket *sock; 2516 __be32 src, dst; 2517 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2518 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2519 int payload_len; 2520 const u8 *payload; 2521 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2522 u32 data_interval; 2523 u32 wake_len; 2524 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2525 u32 tokens_size; 2526 /* must be last, variable member */ 2527 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2528 }; 2529 2530 /** 2531 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2532 * 2533 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2534 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2535 * operating as normal during suspend 2536 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2537 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2538 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2539 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2540 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2541 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2542 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2543 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2544 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2545 * NULL if not configured. 2546 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2547 */ 2548 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2549 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2550 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2551 rfkill_release; 2552 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2553 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2554 int n_patterns; 2555 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2556 }; 2557 2558 /** 2559 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2560 * 2561 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2562 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2563 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2564 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2565 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2566 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2567 */ 2568 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2569 int delay; 2570 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2571 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2572 int n_patterns; 2573 }; 2574 2575 /** 2576 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2577 * 2578 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2579 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2580 * @n_rules: number of rules 2581 */ 2582 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2583 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2584 int n_rules; 2585 }; 2586 2587 /** 2588 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2589 * 2590 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2591 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2592 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2593 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2594 * occurred (in MHz) 2595 */ 2596 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2597 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2598 int n_channels; 2599 u32 channels[]; 2600 }; 2601 2602 /** 2603 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2604 * 2605 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2606 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2607 * match information. 2608 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2609 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2610 */ 2611 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2612 int n_matches; 2613 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2614 }; 2615 2616 /** 2617 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2618 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2619 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2620 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2621 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2622 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2623 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2624 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2625 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2626 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2627 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2628 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2629 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2630 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2631 * it is. 2632 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2633 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2634 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2635 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2636 */ 2637 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2638 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2639 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2640 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2641 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2642 s32 pattern_idx; 2643 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2644 const void *packet; 2645 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2646 }; 2647 2648 /** 2649 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2650 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2651 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2652 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2653 */ 2654 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2655 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2656 }; 2657 2658 /** 2659 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2660 * 2661 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2662 * 2663 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2664 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2665 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2666 */ 2667 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2668 u16 md; 2669 const u8 *ie; 2670 size_t ie_len; 2671 }; 2672 2673 /** 2674 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2675 * 2676 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2677 * 2678 * @chan: channel to use 2679 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2680 * @wait: duration for ROC 2681 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2682 * @len: buffer length 2683 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2684 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2685 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2686 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2687 */ 2688 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2689 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2690 bool offchan; 2691 unsigned int wait; 2692 const u8 *buf; 2693 size_t len; 2694 bool no_cck; 2695 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2696 int n_csa_offsets; 2697 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2698 }; 2699 2700 /** 2701 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2702 * 2703 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2704 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2705 */ 2706 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2707 u8 dscp; 2708 u8 up; 2709 }; 2710 2711 /** 2712 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2713 * 2714 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2715 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2716 */ 2717 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2718 u8 low; 2719 u8 high; 2720 }; 2721 2722 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2723 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2724 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2725 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2726 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2727 2728 /** 2729 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2730 * 2731 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2732 * 2733 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2734 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2735 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2736 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2737 */ 2738 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2739 u8 num_des; 2740 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2741 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2742 }; 2743 2744 /** 2745 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2746 * 2747 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2748 * 2749 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2750 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2751 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2752 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2753 */ 2754 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2755 u8 master_pref; 2756 u8 bands; 2757 }; 2758 2759 /** 2760 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2761 * configuration 2762 * 2763 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2764 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2765 */ 2766 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2767 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2768 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2769 }; 2770 2771 /** 2772 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2773 * 2774 * @filter: the content of the filter 2775 * @len: the length of the filter 2776 */ 2777 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2778 const u8 *filter; 2779 u8 len; 2780 }; 2781 2782 /** 2783 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2784 * 2785 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2786 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2787 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2788 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2789 * implementation specific. 2790 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2791 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2792 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2793 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2794 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2795 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2796 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2797 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2798 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2799 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2800 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2801 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2802 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2803 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2804 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2805 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2806 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2807 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2808 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2809 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2810 */ 2811 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2812 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2813 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2814 u8 publish_type; 2815 bool close_range; 2816 bool publish_bcast; 2817 bool subscribe_active; 2818 u8 followup_id; 2819 u8 followup_reqid; 2820 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2821 u32 ttl; 2822 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2823 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2824 bool srf_include; 2825 const u8 *srf_bf; 2826 u8 srf_bf_len; 2827 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2828 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2829 int srf_num_macs; 2830 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2831 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2832 u8 num_tx_filters; 2833 u8 num_rx_filters; 2834 u8 instance_id; 2835 u64 cookie; 2836 }; 2837 2838 /** 2839 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2840 * 2841 * @aa: authenticator address 2842 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2843 * @pmk: the PMK material 2844 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 2845 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 2846 * holds PMK-R0. 2847 */ 2848 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 2849 const u8 *aa; 2850 u8 pmk_len; 2851 const u8 *pmk; 2852 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 2853 }; 2854 2855 /** 2856 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 2857 * 2858 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 2859 * 2860 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 2861 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 2862 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 2863 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 2864 * authentication response command interface. 2865 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 2866 * authentication response command interface. 2867 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 2868 * authentication request event interface. 2869 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 2870 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 2871 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 2872 * response command interface (user space to driver). 2873 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2874 */ 2875 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 2876 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 2877 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2878 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2879 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 2880 u16 status; 2881 const u8 *pmkid; 2882 }; 2883 2884 /** 2885 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 2886 * 2887 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 2888 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2889 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 2890 * answered 2891 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 2892 * successfully answered 2893 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 2894 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 2895 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 2896 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 2897 * of how much time the responder was busy 2898 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 2899 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 2900 * the responder 2901 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 2902 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 2903 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 2904 */ 2905 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 2906 u32 filled; 2907 u32 success_num; 2908 u32 partial_num; 2909 u32 failed_num; 2910 u32 asap_num; 2911 u32 non_asap_num; 2912 u64 total_duration_ms; 2913 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 2914 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 2915 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 2916 }; 2917 2918 /** 2919 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 2920 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 2921 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 2922 * reason than just "failure" 2923 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 2924 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 2925 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 2926 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 2927 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 2928 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 2929 * by the responder 2930 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 2931 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 2932 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 2933 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 2934 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 2935 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 2936 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 2937 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2938 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 2939 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 2940 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 2941 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 2942 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 2943 * the square root of the variance) 2944 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 2945 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 2946 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 2947 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 2948 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 2949 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 2950 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 2951 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 2952 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 2953 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 2954 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 2955 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 2956 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 2957 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 2958 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 2959 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 2960 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 2961 */ 2962 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 2963 const u8 *lci; 2964 const u8 *civicloc; 2965 unsigned int lci_len; 2966 unsigned int civicloc_len; 2967 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 2968 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 2969 s16 burst_index; 2970 u8 busy_retry_time; 2971 u8 num_bursts_exp; 2972 u8 burst_duration; 2973 u8 ftms_per_burst; 2974 s32 rssi_avg; 2975 s32 rssi_spread; 2976 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 2977 s64 rtt_avg; 2978 s64 rtt_variance; 2979 s64 rtt_spread; 2980 s64 dist_avg; 2981 s64 dist_variance; 2982 s64 dist_spread; 2983 2984 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 2985 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 2986 rssi_avg_valid:1, 2987 rssi_spread_valid:1, 2988 tx_rate_valid:1, 2989 rx_rate_valid:1, 2990 rtt_avg_valid:1, 2991 rtt_variance_valid:1, 2992 rtt_spread_valid:1, 2993 dist_avg_valid:1, 2994 dist_variance_valid:1, 2995 dist_spread_valid:1; 2996 }; 2997 2998 /** 2999 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3000 * @addr: address of the peer 3001 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3002 * measurement was made) 3003 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3004 * @status: status of the measurement 3005 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3006 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3007 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3008 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3009 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3010 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3011 */ 3012 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3013 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3014 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3015 3016 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3017 3018 u8 final:1, 3019 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3020 3021 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3022 3023 union { 3024 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3025 }; 3026 }; 3027 3028 /** 3029 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3030 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3031 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3032 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3033 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3034 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3035 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3036 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3037 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3038 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3039 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3040 * 3041 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3042 */ 3043 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3044 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3045 u16 burst_period; 3046 u8 requested:1, 3047 asap:1, 3048 request_lci:1, 3049 request_civicloc:1; 3050 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3051 u8 burst_duration; 3052 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3053 u8 ftmr_retries; 3054 }; 3055 3056 /** 3057 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3058 * @addr: MAC address 3059 * @chandef: channel to use 3060 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3061 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3062 */ 3063 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3064 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3065 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3066 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3067 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3068 }; 3069 3070 /** 3071 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3072 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3073 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3074 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3075 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3076 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3077 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3078 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3079 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3080 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3081 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3082 * zero it means there's no timeout 3083 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3084 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3085 */ 3086 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3087 u64 cookie; 3088 void *drv_data; 3089 u32 n_peers; 3090 u32 nl_portid; 3091 3092 u32 timeout; 3093 3094 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3095 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3096 3097 struct list_head list; 3098 3099 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3100 }; 3101 3102 /** 3103 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3104 * 3105 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3106 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3107 * 3108 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3109 * on success or a negative error code. 3110 * 3111 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3112 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3113 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3114 * 3115 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3116 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3117 * configured for the device. 3118 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3119 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3120 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3121 * the device. 3122 * 3123 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3124 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3125 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3126 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3127 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3128 * 3129 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3130 * 3131 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3132 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3133 * 3134 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3135 * when adding a group key. 3136 * 3137 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3138 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3139 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3140 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3141 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3142 * 3143 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3144 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3145 * 3146 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3147 * 3148 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3149 * 3150 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3151 * 3152 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3153 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3154 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3155 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3156 * 3157 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3158 * @del_station: Remove a station 3159 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3160 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3161 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3162 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3163 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3164 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3165 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3166 * 3167 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3168 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3169 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3170 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3171 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3172 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3173 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3174 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3175 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3176 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3177 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3178 * 3179 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3180 * 3181 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3182 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3183 * set, and which to leave alone. 3184 * 3185 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3186 * 3187 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3188 * 3189 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3190 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3191 * join the mesh instead. 3192 * 3193 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3194 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3195 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3196 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3197 * 3198 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3199 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3200 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3201 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3202 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3203 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3204 * 3205 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3206 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3207 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3208 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3209 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3210 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3211 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3212 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3213 * 3214 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3215 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3216 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3217 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3218 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3219 * was received. 3220 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3221 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3222 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3223 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3224 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3225 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3226 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3227 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3228 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3229 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3230 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3231 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3232 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3233 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3234 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3235 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3236 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3237 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3238 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3239 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3240 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3241 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3242 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3243 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3244 * 3245 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3246 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3247 * to a merge. 3248 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3249 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3250 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3251 * 3252 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3253 * MESH mode) 3254 * 3255 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3256 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3257 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3258 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3259 * 3260 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3261 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3262 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3263 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3264 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3265 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3266 * return 0 if successful 3267 * 3268 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3269 * 3270 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3271 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3272 * 3273 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3274 * 3275 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3276 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3277 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3278 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3279 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3280 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3281 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3282 * the duration value. 3283 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3284 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3285 * frame on another channel 3286 * 3287 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3288 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3289 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3290 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3291 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3292 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3293 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3294 * 3295 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3296 * 3297 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3298 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3299 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3300 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3301 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3302 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3303 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3304 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3305 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3306 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3307 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3308 * disabled.) 3309 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3310 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3311 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3312 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3313 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3314 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3315 * thresholds. 3316 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3317 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3318 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3319 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3320 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3321 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3322 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3323 * 3324 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3325 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3326 * 3327 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3328 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3329 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3330 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3331 * 3332 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3333 * 3334 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3335 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3336 * 3337 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3338 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3339 * 3340 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3341 * 3342 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3343 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3344 * current monitoring channel. 3345 * 3346 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3347 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3348 * 3349 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3350 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3351 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3352 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3353 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3354 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3355 * 3356 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3357 * 3358 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3359 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3360 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3361 * 3362 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3363 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3364 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3365 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3366 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3367 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3368 * 3369 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3370 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3371 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3372 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3373 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3374 * as soon as possible. 3375 * 3376 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3377 * 3378 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3379 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3380 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3381 * 3382 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3383 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3384 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3385 * account. 3386 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3387 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3388 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3389 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3390 * rejected) 3391 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3392 * 3393 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3395 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3396 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3397 * 3398 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3399 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3400 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3401 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3402 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3403 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3404 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3405 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3406 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3407 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3408 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3409 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3410 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3411 * provided @nan_func. 3412 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3413 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3414 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3415 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3416 * 3417 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3418 * 3419 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3420 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3421 * 3422 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3423 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3424 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3425 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3426 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3427 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3428 * 3429 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3430 * user space 3431 * 3432 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3433 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3434 * 3435 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3436 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3437 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3438 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3439 */ 3440 struct cfg80211_ops { 3441 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3442 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3443 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3444 3445 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3446 const char *name, 3447 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3448 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3449 struct vif_params *params); 3450 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3451 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3452 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3453 struct net_device *dev, 3454 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3455 struct vif_params *params); 3456 3457 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3458 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3459 struct key_params *params); 3460 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3461 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3462 void *cookie, 3463 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3464 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3465 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3466 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3467 struct net_device *netdev, 3468 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3469 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3470 struct net_device *netdev, 3471 u8 key_index); 3472 3473 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3474 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3475 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3476 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3477 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3478 3479 3480 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3481 const u8 *mac, 3482 struct station_parameters *params); 3483 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3484 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3485 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3486 const u8 *mac, 3487 struct station_parameters *params); 3488 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3489 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3490 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3491 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3492 3493 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3494 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3495 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3496 const u8 *dst); 3497 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3498 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3499 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3500 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3501 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3502 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3503 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3504 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3505 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3506 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3507 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3508 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3509 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3510 struct net_device *dev, 3511 struct mesh_config *conf); 3512 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3513 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3514 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3515 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3516 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3517 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3518 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3519 3520 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3521 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3522 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3523 3524 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3525 struct bss_parameters *params); 3526 3527 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3528 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3529 3530 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3531 struct net_device *dev, 3532 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3533 3534 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3535 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3536 3537 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3538 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3539 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3540 3541 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3542 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3543 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3544 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3545 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3546 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3547 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3548 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3549 3550 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3551 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3552 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3553 struct net_device *dev, 3554 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3555 u32 changed); 3556 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3557 u16 reason_code); 3558 3559 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3560 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3561 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3562 3563 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3564 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3565 3566 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3567 3568 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3569 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3570 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3571 int *dbm); 3572 3573 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3574 const u8 *addr); 3575 3576 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3577 3578 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3579 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3580 void *data, int len); 3581 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3582 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3583 void *data, int len); 3584 #endif 3585 3586 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3587 struct net_device *dev, 3588 const u8 *peer, 3589 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3590 3591 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3592 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3593 3594 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3595 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3596 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3597 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3598 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3599 3600 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3601 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3602 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3603 unsigned int duration, 3604 u64 *cookie); 3605 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3606 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3607 u64 cookie); 3608 3609 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3610 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3611 u64 *cookie); 3612 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3613 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3614 u64 cookie); 3615 3616 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3617 bool enabled, int timeout); 3618 3619 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3620 struct net_device *dev, 3621 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3622 3623 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3624 struct net_device *dev, 3625 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3626 3627 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3628 struct net_device *dev, 3629 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3630 3631 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3632 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3633 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3634 3635 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3636 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3637 3638 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3639 struct net_device *dev, 3640 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3641 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3642 u64 reqid); 3643 3644 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3645 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3646 3647 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3648 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3649 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3650 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3651 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3652 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3653 3654 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3655 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3656 3657 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3658 struct net_device *dev, 3659 u16 noack_map); 3660 3661 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3662 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3663 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3664 3665 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3666 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3667 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3668 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3669 3670 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3671 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3672 3673 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3674 struct net_device *dev, 3675 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3676 u32 cac_time_ms); 3677 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3678 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3679 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3680 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3681 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3682 u16 duration); 3683 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3684 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3685 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3686 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3687 3688 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3689 struct net_device *dev, 3690 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3691 3692 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3693 struct net_device *dev, 3694 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3695 3696 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3697 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3698 3699 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3700 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3701 u16 admitted_time); 3702 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3703 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3704 3705 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3706 struct net_device *dev, 3707 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3708 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3709 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3710 struct net_device *dev, 3711 const u8 *addr); 3712 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3713 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3714 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3715 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3716 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3717 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3718 u64 cookie); 3719 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3720 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3721 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3722 u32 changes); 3723 3724 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3725 struct net_device *dev, 3726 const bool enabled); 3727 3728 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3729 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3730 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3731 3732 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3733 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3734 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3735 const u8 *aa); 3736 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3737 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3738 3739 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3740 struct net_device *dev, 3741 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3742 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3743 const bool noencrypt); 3744 3745 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3746 struct net_device *dev, 3747 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3748 3749 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3750 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3751 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3752 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3753 }; 3754 3755 /* 3756 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3757 * and registration/helper functions 3758 */ 3759 3760 /** 3761 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3762 * 3763 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3764 * wiphy at all 3765 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3766 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3767 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3768 * reason to override the default 3769 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3770 * on a VLAN interface) 3771 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3772 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3773 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3774 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3775 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3776 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3777 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3778 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3779 * firmware. 3780 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3781 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3782 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3783 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3784 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3785 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3786 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3787 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3788 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3789 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3790 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3791 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3792 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3794 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3795 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3796 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3797 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3798 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3799 * before connection. 3800 */ 3801 enum wiphy_flags { 3802 /* use hole at 0 */ 3803 /* use hole at 1 */ 3804 /* use hole at 2 */ 3805 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 3806 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 3807 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 3808 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 3809 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 3810 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 3811 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 3812 /* use hole at 11 */ 3813 /* use hole at 12 */ 3814 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 3815 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 3816 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 3817 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 3818 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 3819 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 3820 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 3821 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 3822 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 3823 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 3824 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 3825 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 3826 }; 3827 3828 /** 3829 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 3830 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 3831 * @types: interface types (bits) 3832 */ 3833 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 3834 u16 max; 3835 u16 types; 3836 }; 3837 3838 /** 3839 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 3840 * 3841 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 3842 * combinations it supports concurrently. 3843 * 3844 * Examples: 3845 * 3846 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 3847 * 3848 * .. code-block:: c 3849 * 3850 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 3851 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3852 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 3853 * }; 3854 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 3855 * .limits = limits1, 3856 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 3857 * .max_interfaces = 2, 3858 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 3859 * }; 3860 * 3861 * 3862 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 3863 * 3864 * .. code-block:: c 3865 * 3866 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 3867 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 3868 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 3869 * }; 3870 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 3871 * .limits = limits2, 3872 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 3873 * .max_interfaces = 8, 3874 * .num_different_channels = 1, 3875 * }; 3876 * 3877 * 3878 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 3879 * 3880 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 3881 * 3882 * .. code-block:: c 3883 * 3884 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 3885 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 3886 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 3887 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 3888 * }; 3889 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 3890 * .limits = limits3, 3891 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 3892 * .max_interfaces = 4, 3893 * .num_different_channels = 2, 3894 * }; 3895 * 3896 */ 3897 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 3898 /** 3899 * @limits: 3900 * limits for the given interface types 3901 */ 3902 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 3903 3904 /** 3905 * @num_different_channels: 3906 * can use up to this many different channels 3907 */ 3908 u32 num_different_channels; 3909 3910 /** 3911 * @max_interfaces: 3912 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 3913 */ 3914 u16 max_interfaces; 3915 3916 /** 3917 * @n_limits: 3918 * number of limitations 3919 */ 3920 u8 n_limits; 3921 3922 /** 3923 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 3924 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 3925 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 3926 */ 3927 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 3928 3929 /** 3930 * @radar_detect_widths: 3931 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 3932 */ 3933 u8 radar_detect_widths; 3934 3935 /** 3936 * @radar_detect_regions: 3937 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 3938 */ 3939 u8 radar_detect_regions; 3940 3941 /** 3942 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 3943 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 3944 * 3945 * = 0 3946 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 3947 * > 0 3948 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 3949 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 3950 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 3951 */ 3952 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 3953 }; 3954 3955 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 3956 u16 tx, rx; 3957 }; 3958 3959 /** 3960 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 3961 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 3962 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 3963 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 3964 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 3965 * packet should be preserved in that case 3966 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 3967 * (see nl80211.h) 3968 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 3969 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 3970 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 3971 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 3972 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 3973 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 3974 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 3975 */ 3976 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 3977 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 3978 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 3979 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 3980 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 3981 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 3982 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 3983 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 3984 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 3985 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 3986 }; 3987 3988 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 3989 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 3990 u32 data_payload_max; 3991 u32 data_interval_max; 3992 u32 wake_payload_max; 3993 bool seq; 3994 }; 3995 3996 /** 3997 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 3998 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 3999 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4000 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4001 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4002 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4003 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4004 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4005 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4006 * scheduled scans. 4007 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4008 * details. 4009 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4010 */ 4011 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4012 u32 flags; 4013 int n_patterns; 4014 int pattern_max_len; 4015 int pattern_min_len; 4016 int max_pkt_offset; 4017 int max_nd_match_sets; 4018 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4019 }; 4020 4021 /** 4022 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4023 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4024 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4025 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4026 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4027 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4028 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4029 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4030 */ 4031 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4032 int n_rules; 4033 int max_delay; 4034 int n_patterns; 4035 int pattern_max_len; 4036 int pattern_min_len; 4037 int max_pkt_offset; 4038 }; 4039 4040 /** 4041 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4042 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4043 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4044 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4045 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4046 */ 4047 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4048 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4049 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4050 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4051 }; 4052 4053 /** 4054 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4055 * 4056 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4057 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4058 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4059 * 4060 */ 4061 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4062 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4063 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4064 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4065 }; 4066 4067 /** 4068 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4069 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4070 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4071 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4072 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4073 */ 4074 4075 struct sta_opmode_info { 4076 u32 changed; 4077 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4078 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4079 u8 rx_nss; 4080 }; 4081 4082 /** 4083 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4084 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4085 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4086 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4087 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4088 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4089 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4090 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4091 * dumpit calls. 4092 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4093 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4094 * are used with dump requests. 4095 */ 4096 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4097 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4098 u32 flags; 4099 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4100 const void *data, int data_len); 4101 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4102 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4103 unsigned long *storage); 4104 }; 4105 4106 /** 4107 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4108 * @iftype: interface type 4109 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4110 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4111 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4112 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4113 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4114 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4115 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4116 */ 4117 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4118 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4119 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4120 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4121 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4122 }; 4123 4124 /** 4125 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4126 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4127 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4128 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4129 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4130 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4131 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4132 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4133 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4134 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4135 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4136 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4137 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4138 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4139 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4140 * not limited) 4141 */ 4142 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4143 unsigned int max_peers; 4144 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4145 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4146 4147 struct { 4148 u32 preambles; 4149 u32 bandwidths; 4150 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4151 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4152 u8 supported:1, 4153 asap:1, 4154 non_asap:1, 4155 request_lci:1, 4156 request_civicloc:1; 4157 } ftm; 4158 }; 4159 4160 /** 4161 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4162 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4163 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4164 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4165 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4166 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4167 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4168 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4169 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4170 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4171 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4172 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4173 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4174 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4175 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4176 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4177 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4178 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4179 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4180 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4181 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4182 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4183 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4184 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4185 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4186 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4187 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4188 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4189 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4190 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4191 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4192 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4193 * unregister hardware 4194 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4195 * automatically on wiphy renames 4196 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4197 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4198 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4199 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4200 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4201 * must be set by driver 4202 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4203 * list single interface types. 4204 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4205 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4206 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4207 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4208 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4209 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4210 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4211 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4212 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4213 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4214 * this variable determines its size 4215 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4216 * any given scan 4217 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4218 * the device can run concurrently. 4219 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4220 * for in any given scheduled scan 4221 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4222 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4223 * supported. 4224 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4225 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4226 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4227 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4228 * scans 4229 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4230 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4231 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4232 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4233 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4234 * scan plan supported by the device. 4235 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4236 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4237 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4238 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4239 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4240 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4241 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4242 * 4243 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4244 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4245 * type 4246 * 4247 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4248 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4249 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4250 * 4251 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4252 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4253 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4254 * 4255 * @probe_resp_offload: 4256 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4257 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4258 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4259 * 4260 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4261 * may request, if implemented. 4262 * 4263 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4264 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4265 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4266 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4267 * 4268 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4269 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4270 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4271 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4272 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4273 * 4274 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4275 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4276 * 4277 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4278 * supports for ACL. 4279 * 4280 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4281 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4282 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4283 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4284 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4285 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4286 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4287 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4288 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4289 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4290 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4291 * capabilities are specified separately. 4292 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4293 * 4294 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4295 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4296 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4297 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4298 * 4299 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4300 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4301 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4302 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4303 * 4304 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4305 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4306 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4307 * infinite. 4308 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4309 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4310 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4311 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4312 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4313 * This value should be set in MHz. 4314 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4315 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4316 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4317 * 4318 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4319 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4320 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4321 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4322 * 4323 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4324 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4325 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4326 * 4327 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4328 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4329 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4330 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4331 * 4332 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4333 */ 4334 struct wiphy { 4335 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4336 4337 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4338 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4339 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4340 4341 struct mac_address *addresses; 4342 4343 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4344 4345 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4346 int n_iface_combinations; 4347 u16 software_iftypes; 4348 4349 u16 n_addresses; 4350 4351 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4352 u16 interface_modes; 4353 4354 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4355 4356 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4357 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4358 4359 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4360 4361 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4362 4363 int bss_priv_size; 4364 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4365 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4366 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4367 u8 max_match_sets; 4368 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4369 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4370 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4371 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4372 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4373 4374 int n_cipher_suites; 4375 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4376 4377 int n_akm_suites; 4378 const u32 *akm_suites; 4379 4380 u8 retry_short; 4381 u8 retry_long; 4382 u32 frag_threshold; 4383 u32 rts_threshold; 4384 u8 coverage_class; 4385 4386 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4387 u32 hw_version; 4388 4389 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4390 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4391 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4392 #endif 4393 4394 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4395 4396 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4397 4398 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4399 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4400 4401 /* 4402 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4403 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4404 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4405 */ 4406 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4407 4408 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4409 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4410 4411 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4412 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4413 4414 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4415 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4416 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4417 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4418 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4419 const void *privid; 4420 4421 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4422 4423 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4424 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4425 struct regulatory_request *request); 4426 4427 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4428 4429 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4430 4431 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4432 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4433 struct device dev; 4434 4435 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4436 bool registered; 4437 4438 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4439 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4440 4441 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4442 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4443 4444 struct list_head wdev_list; 4445 4446 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4447 possible_net_t _net; 4448 4449 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4450 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4451 #endif 4452 4453 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4454 4455 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4456 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4457 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4458 4459 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4460 4461 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4462 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4463 4464 u32 bss_select_support; 4465 4466 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4467 4468 u32 txq_limit; 4469 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4470 u32 txq_quantum; 4471 4472 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4473 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4474 4475 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4476 4477 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4478 }; 4479 4480 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4481 { 4482 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4483 } 4484 4485 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4486 { 4487 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4488 } 4489 4490 /** 4491 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4492 * 4493 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4494 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4495 */ 4496 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4497 { 4498 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4499 return &wiphy->priv; 4500 } 4501 4502 /** 4503 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4504 * 4505 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4506 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4507 */ 4508 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4509 { 4510 BUG_ON(!priv); 4511 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4512 } 4513 4514 /** 4515 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4516 * 4517 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4518 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4519 */ 4520 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4521 { 4522 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4523 } 4524 4525 /** 4526 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4527 * 4528 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4529 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4530 */ 4531 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4532 { 4533 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4534 } 4535 4536 /** 4537 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4538 * 4539 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4540 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4541 */ 4542 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4543 { 4544 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4545 } 4546 4547 /** 4548 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4549 * 4550 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4551 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4552 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4553 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4554 * 4555 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4556 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4557 * 4558 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4559 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4560 */ 4561 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4562 const char *requested_name); 4563 4564 /** 4565 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4566 * 4567 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4568 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4569 * 4570 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4571 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4572 * 4573 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4574 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4575 */ 4576 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4577 int sizeof_priv) 4578 { 4579 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4580 } 4581 4582 /** 4583 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4584 * 4585 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4586 * 4587 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4588 */ 4589 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4590 4591 /** 4592 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4593 * 4594 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4595 * 4596 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4597 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4598 * request that is being handled. 4599 */ 4600 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4601 4602 /** 4603 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4604 * 4605 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4606 */ 4607 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4608 4609 /* internal structs */ 4610 struct cfg80211_conn; 4611 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4612 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4613 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4614 4615 /** 4616 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4617 * 4618 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4619 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4620 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4621 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4622 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4623 * 4624 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4625 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4626 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4627 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4628 * 4629 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4630 * @iftype: interface type 4631 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4632 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4633 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4634 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4635 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4636 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4637 * the user-set channel definition. 4638 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4639 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4640 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4641 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4642 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4643 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4644 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4645 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4646 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4647 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4648 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4649 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4650 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4651 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4652 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4653 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4654 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4655 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4656 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4657 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4658 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4659 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4660 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4661 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4662 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4663 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4664 * and some API functions require it held 4665 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4666 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4667 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4668 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4669 * the P2P Device. 4670 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4671 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4672 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4673 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4674 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4675 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4676 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4677 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4678 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4679 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4680 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4681 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4682 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4683 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4684 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4685 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4686 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4687 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4688 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4689 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4690 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4691 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4692 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4693 */ 4694 struct wireless_dev { 4695 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4696 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4697 4698 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4699 struct list_head list; 4700 struct net_device *netdev; 4701 4702 u32 identifier; 4703 4704 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4705 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4706 4707 struct mutex mtx; 4708 4709 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4710 4711 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4712 4713 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4714 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4715 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4716 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4717 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4718 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4719 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4720 4721 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4722 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4723 4724 struct list_head event_list; 4725 spinlock_t event_lock; 4726 4727 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4728 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4729 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4730 4731 bool ibss_fixed; 4732 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4733 4734 bool ps; 4735 int ps_timeout; 4736 4737 int beacon_interval; 4738 4739 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4740 4741 u32 owner_nlportid; 4742 bool nl_owner_dead; 4743 4744 bool cac_started; 4745 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4746 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4747 4748 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4749 /* wext data */ 4750 struct { 4751 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4752 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4753 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4754 const u8 *ie; 4755 size_t ie_len; 4756 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4757 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4758 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4759 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4760 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4761 } wext; 4762 #endif 4763 4764 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4765 4766 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4767 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4768 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4769 }; 4770 4771 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4772 { 4773 if (wdev->netdev) 4774 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4775 return wdev->address; 4776 } 4777 4778 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4779 { 4780 if (wdev->netdev) 4781 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4782 return wdev->is_running; 4783 } 4784 4785 /** 4786 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4787 * 4788 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4789 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4790 */ 4791 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4792 { 4793 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4794 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4795 } 4796 4797 /** 4798 * DOC: Utility functions 4799 * 4800 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 4801 */ 4802 4803 /** 4804 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 4805 * @chan: channel number 4806 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 4807 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 4808 */ 4809 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 4810 4811 /** 4812 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 4813 * @freq: center frequency 4814 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 4815 */ 4816 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 4817 4818 /** 4819 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 4820 * 4821 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 4822 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 4823 * 4824 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 4825 */ 4826 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 4827 4828 /** 4829 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 4830 * 4831 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4832 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 4833 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 4834 * 4835 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 4836 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 4837 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 4838 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 4839 */ 4840 struct ieee80211_rate * 4841 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4842 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 4843 4844 /** 4845 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 4846 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 4847 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 4848 * 4849 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 4850 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 4851 */ 4852 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 4853 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 4854 4855 /* 4856 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 4857 * 4858 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 4859 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 4860 */ 4861 4862 struct radiotap_align_size { 4863 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 4864 }; 4865 4866 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 4867 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 4868 int n_bits; 4869 uint32_t oui; 4870 uint8_t subns; 4871 }; 4872 4873 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 4874 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 4875 int n_ns; 4876 }; 4877 4878 /** 4879 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 4880 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 4881 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 4882 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 4883 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 4884 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 4885 * the beginning of the actual data portion 4886 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 4887 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 4888 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 4889 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 4890 * radiotap namespace or not 4891 * 4892 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 4893 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 4894 * @_arg_index: next argument index 4895 * @_arg: next argument pointer 4896 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 4897 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 4898 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 4899 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 4900 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 4901 * next bitmap word 4902 * 4903 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 4904 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 4905 */ 4906 4907 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 4908 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 4909 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 4910 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 4911 4912 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 4913 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 4914 4915 unsigned char *this_arg; 4916 int this_arg_index; 4917 int this_arg_size; 4918 4919 int is_radiotap_ns; 4920 4921 int _max_length; 4922 int _arg_index; 4923 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 4924 int _reset_on_ext; 4925 }; 4926 4927 int 4928 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 4929 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 4930 int max_length, 4931 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 4932 4933 int 4934 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 4935 4936 4937 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 4938 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 4939 4940 /** 4941 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 4942 * 4943 * @skb: the frame 4944 * 4945 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 4946 * returns the 802.11 header length. 4947 * 4948 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 4949 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 4950 * 802.11 header. 4951 */ 4952 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 4953 4954 /** 4955 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 4956 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 4957 * Return: The header length in bytes. 4958 */ 4959 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 4960 4961 /** 4962 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 4963 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 4964 * (first byte) will be accessed 4965 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 4966 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 4967 */ 4968 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 4969 4970 /** 4971 * DOC: Data path helpers 4972 * 4973 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 4974 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 4975 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 4976 */ 4977 4978 /** 4979 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 4980 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 4981 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 4982 * of it being pushed into the SKB 4983 * @addr: the device MAC address 4984 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 4985 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 4986 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 4987 */ 4988 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 4989 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 4990 u8 data_offset); 4991 4992 /** 4993 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 4994 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 4995 * @addr: the device MAC address 4996 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 4997 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 4998 */ 4999 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5000 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5001 { 5002 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5003 } 5004 5005 /** 5006 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5007 * 5008 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5009 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5010 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5011 * 5012 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5013 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5014 * initialized by by the caller. 5015 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5016 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5017 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5018 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5019 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5020 */ 5021 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5022 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5023 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5024 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5025 5026 /** 5027 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5028 * @skb: the data frame 5029 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5030 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5031 */ 5032 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5033 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5034 5035 /** 5036 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5037 * 5038 * @eid: element ID 5039 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5040 * @len: length of data 5041 * @match: byte array to match 5042 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5043 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5044 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5045 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5046 * the data portion instead. 5047 * 5048 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5049 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5050 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5051 * requested element struct. 5052 * 5053 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5054 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5055 * byte array to match. 5056 */ 5057 const struct element * 5058 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5059 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5060 unsigned int match_offset); 5061 5062 /** 5063 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5064 * 5065 * @eid: element ID 5066 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5067 * @len: length of data 5068 * @match: byte array to match 5069 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5070 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5071 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5072 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5073 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5074 * the second byte is the IE length. 5075 * 5076 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5077 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5078 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5079 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5080 * element ID. 5081 * 5082 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5083 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5084 * byte array to match. 5085 */ 5086 static inline const u8 * 5087 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5088 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5089 unsigned int match_offset) 5090 { 5091 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5092 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5093 */ 5094 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5095 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5096 return NULL; 5097 5098 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5099 match, match_len, 5100 match_offset ? 5101 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5102 } 5103 5104 /** 5105 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5106 * 5107 * @eid: element ID 5108 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5109 * @len: length of data 5110 * 5111 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5112 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5113 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5114 * requested element struct. 5115 * 5116 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5117 * having to fit into the given data. 5118 */ 5119 static inline const struct element * 5120 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5121 { 5122 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5123 } 5124 5125 /** 5126 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5127 * 5128 * @eid: element ID 5129 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5130 * @len: length of data 5131 * 5132 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5133 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5134 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5135 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5136 * 5137 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5138 * having to fit into the given data. 5139 */ 5140 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5141 { 5142 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5143 } 5144 5145 /** 5146 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5147 * 5148 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5149 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5150 * @len: length of data 5151 * 5152 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5153 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5154 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5155 * requested element struct. 5156 * 5157 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5158 * having to fit into the given data. 5159 */ 5160 static inline const struct element * 5161 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5162 { 5163 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5164 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5165 } 5166 5167 /** 5168 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5169 * 5170 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5171 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5172 * @len: length of data 5173 * 5174 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5175 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5176 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5177 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5178 * 5179 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5180 * having to fit into the given data. 5181 */ 5182 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5183 { 5184 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5185 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5186 } 5187 5188 /** 5189 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5190 * 5191 * @oui: vendor OUI 5192 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5193 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5194 * @len: length of data 5195 * 5196 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5197 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5198 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5199 * 5200 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5201 * the given data. 5202 */ 5203 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5204 const u8 *ies, 5205 unsigned int len); 5206 5207 /** 5208 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5209 * 5210 * @oui: vendor OUI 5211 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5212 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5213 * @len: length of data 5214 * 5215 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5216 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5217 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5218 * element ID. 5219 * 5220 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5221 * the given data. 5222 */ 5223 static inline const u8 * 5224 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5225 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5226 { 5227 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5228 } 5229 5230 /** 5231 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5232 * 5233 * @dev: network device 5234 * @addr: STA MAC address 5235 * 5236 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5237 * devices upon STA association. 5238 */ 5239 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5240 5241 /** 5242 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5243 * 5244 * TODO 5245 */ 5246 5247 /** 5248 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5249 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5250 * conflicts) 5251 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5252 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5253 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5254 * alpha2. 5255 * 5256 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5257 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5258 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5259 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5260 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5261 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5262 * 5263 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5264 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5265 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5266 * 5267 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5268 * an -ENOMEM. 5269 * 5270 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5271 */ 5272 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5273 5274 /** 5275 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5276 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5277 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5278 * 5279 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5280 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5281 * information. 5282 * 5283 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5284 */ 5285 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5286 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5287 5288 /** 5289 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5290 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5291 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5292 * 5293 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5294 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5295 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5296 * 5297 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5298 */ 5299 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5300 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5301 5302 /** 5303 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5304 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5305 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5306 * 5307 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5308 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5309 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5310 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5311 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5312 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5313 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5314 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5315 * that called this helper. 5316 */ 5317 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5318 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5319 5320 /** 5321 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5322 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5323 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5324 * 5325 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5326 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5327 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5328 * and processed already. 5329 * 5330 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5331 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5332 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5333 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5334 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5335 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5336 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5337 */ 5338 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5339 u32 center_freq); 5340 5341 /** 5342 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5343 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5344 * 5345 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5346 * proper string representation. 5347 */ 5348 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5349 5350 /** 5351 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5352 * 5353 */ 5354 5355 /** 5356 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5357 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5358 * 5359 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5360 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5361 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5362 * 5363 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5364 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5365 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5366 * 5367 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5368 * an -ENODATA. 5369 * 5370 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5371 */ 5372 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5373 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5374 5375 /* 5376 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5377 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5378 */ 5379 5380 /** 5381 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5382 * 5383 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5384 * @info: information about the completed scan 5385 */ 5386 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5387 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5388 5389 /** 5390 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5391 * 5392 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5393 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5394 */ 5395 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5396 5397 /** 5398 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5399 * 5400 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5401 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5402 * 5403 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5404 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5405 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5406 */ 5407 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5408 5409 /** 5410 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5411 * 5412 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5413 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5414 * 5415 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5416 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5417 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5418 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5419 */ 5420 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5421 5422 /** 5423 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5424 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5425 * @data: the BSS metadata 5426 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5427 * @len: length of the management frame 5428 * @gfp: context flags 5429 * 5430 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5431 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5432 * 5433 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5434 * Or %NULL on error. 5435 */ 5436 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5437 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5438 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5439 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5440 gfp_t gfp); 5441 5442 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5443 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5444 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5445 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5446 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5447 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5448 { 5449 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5450 .chan = rx_channel, 5451 .scan_width = scan_width, 5452 .signal = signal, 5453 }; 5454 5455 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5456 } 5457 5458 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5459 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5460 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5461 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5462 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5463 { 5464 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5465 .chan = rx_channel, 5466 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5467 .signal = signal, 5468 }; 5469 5470 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5471 } 5472 5473 /** 5474 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5475 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5476 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5477 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5478 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5479 */ 5480 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5481 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5482 { 5483 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5484 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5485 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5486 5487 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5488 5489 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5490 5491 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5492 } 5493 5494 /** 5495 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5496 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5497 * from a beacon or probe response 5498 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5499 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5500 */ 5501 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5502 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5503 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5504 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5505 }; 5506 5507 /** 5508 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5509 * 5510 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5511 * @data: the BSS metadata 5512 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5513 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5514 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5515 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5516 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5517 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5518 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5519 * @gfp: context flags 5520 * 5521 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5522 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5523 * 5524 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5525 * Or %NULL on error. 5526 */ 5527 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5528 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5529 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5530 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5531 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5532 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5533 gfp_t gfp); 5534 5535 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5536 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5537 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5538 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5539 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5540 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5541 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5542 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5543 { 5544 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5545 .chan = rx_channel, 5546 .scan_width = scan_width, 5547 .signal = signal, 5548 }; 5549 5550 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5551 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5552 gfp); 5553 } 5554 5555 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5556 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5557 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5558 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5559 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5560 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5561 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5562 { 5563 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5564 .chan = rx_channel, 5565 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5566 .signal = signal, 5567 }; 5568 5569 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5570 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5571 gfp); 5572 } 5573 5574 /** 5575 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5576 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5577 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5578 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5579 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5580 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5581 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5582 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5583 */ 5584 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5585 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5586 const u8 *bssid, 5587 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5588 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5589 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5590 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5591 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5592 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5593 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5594 { 5595 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5596 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5597 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5598 } 5599 5600 /** 5601 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5602 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5603 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5604 * 5605 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5606 */ 5607 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5608 5609 /** 5610 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5611 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5612 * @bss: the BSS struct 5613 * 5614 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5615 */ 5616 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5617 5618 /** 5619 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5620 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5621 * @bss: the bss to remove 5622 * 5623 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5624 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5625 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5626 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5627 */ 5628 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5629 5630 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5631 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5632 { 5633 switch (chandef->width) { 5634 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5635 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5636 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5637 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5638 default: 5639 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5640 } 5641 } 5642 5643 /** 5644 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5645 * @dev: network device 5646 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5647 * @len: length of the frame data 5648 * 5649 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5650 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5651 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5652 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5653 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5654 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5655 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5656 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5657 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5658 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5659 * 5660 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5661 */ 5662 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5663 5664 /** 5665 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5666 * @dev: network device 5667 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5668 * 5669 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5670 * mutex. 5671 */ 5672 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5673 5674 /** 5675 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5676 * @dev: network device 5677 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5678 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5679 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5680 * @len: length of the frame data 5681 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5682 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5683 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5684 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5685 * 5686 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5687 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5688 * 5689 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5690 */ 5691 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5692 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5693 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5694 int uapsd_queues, 5695 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5696 5697 /** 5698 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5699 * @dev: network device 5700 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5701 * 5702 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5703 */ 5704 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5705 5706 /** 5707 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5708 * @dev: network device 5709 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5710 * 5711 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5712 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5713 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5714 */ 5715 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5716 5717 /** 5718 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5719 * @dev: network device 5720 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5721 * @len: length of the frame data 5722 * 5723 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5724 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5725 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5726 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5727 */ 5728 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5729 5730 /** 5731 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5732 * @dev: network device 5733 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5734 * @len: length of the frame data 5735 * 5736 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5737 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5738 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5739 */ 5740 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5741 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5742 5743 /** 5744 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5745 * @dev: network device 5746 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5747 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5748 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5749 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5750 * @gfp: allocation flags 5751 * 5752 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5753 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5754 * primitive. 5755 */ 5756 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 5757 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 5758 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 5759 5760 /** 5761 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 5762 * 5763 * @dev: network device 5764 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 5765 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 5766 * @gfp: allocation flags 5767 * 5768 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 5769 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 5770 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 5771 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 5772 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 5773 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 5774 */ 5775 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 5776 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 5777 5778 /** 5779 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 5780 * 5781 * @dev: network device 5782 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 5783 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 5784 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 5785 * @gfp: allocation flags 5786 * 5787 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 5788 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 5789 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 5790 */ 5791 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 5792 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 5793 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 5794 5795 /** 5796 * DOC: RFkill integration 5797 * 5798 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 5799 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 5800 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 5801 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 5802 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 5803 * 5804 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 5805 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 5806 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 5807 */ 5808 5809 /** 5810 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 5811 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5812 * @blocked: block status 5813 */ 5814 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 5815 5816 /** 5817 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 5818 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5819 */ 5820 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5821 5822 /** 5823 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 5824 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5825 */ 5826 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5827 5828 /** 5829 * DOC: Vendor commands 5830 * 5831 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 5832 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 5833 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 5834 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 5835 * the configuration mechanism. 5836 * 5837 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 5838 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 5839 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 5840 * 5841 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 5842 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 5843 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 5844 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 5845 * managers etc. need. 5846 */ 5847 5848 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5849 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5850 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5851 int approxlen); 5852 5853 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5854 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5855 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 5856 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 5857 unsigned int portid, 5858 int vendor_event_idx, 5859 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 5860 5861 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 5862 5863 /** 5864 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 5865 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5866 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5867 * be put into the skb 5868 * 5869 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 5870 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 5871 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 5872 * 5873 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 5874 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 5875 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 5876 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 5877 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 5878 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 5879 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 5880 * 5881 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 5882 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 5883 * 5884 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5885 */ 5886 static inline struct sk_buff * 5887 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 5888 { 5889 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5890 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 5891 } 5892 5893 /** 5894 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 5895 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 5896 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 5897 * 5898 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 5899 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 5900 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 5901 * skb regardless of the return value. 5902 * 5903 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 5904 */ 5905 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 5906 5907 /** 5908 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 5909 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5910 * 5911 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 5912 * Valid to call only there. 5913 */ 5914 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5915 5916 /** 5917 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 5918 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5919 * @wdev: the wireless device 5920 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 5921 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5922 * be put into the skb 5923 * @gfp: allocation flags 5924 * 5925 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 5926 * vendor-specific multicast group. 5927 * 5928 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 5929 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 5930 * attribute. 5931 * 5932 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 5933 * skb to send the event. 5934 * 5935 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5936 */ 5937 static inline struct sk_buff * 5938 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5939 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 5940 { 5941 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5942 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 5943 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 5944 } 5945 5946 /** 5947 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 5948 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5949 * @wdev: the wireless device 5950 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 5951 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 5952 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 5953 * be put into the skb 5954 * @gfp: allocation flags 5955 * 5956 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 5957 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 5958 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 5959 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 5960 * 5961 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 5962 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 5963 * attribute. 5964 * 5965 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 5966 * skb to send the event. 5967 * 5968 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 5969 */ 5970 static inline struct sk_buff * 5971 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5972 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5973 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 5974 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 5975 { 5976 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 5977 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 5978 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 5979 } 5980 5981 /** 5982 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 5983 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 5984 * @gfp: allocation flags 5985 * 5986 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 5987 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 5988 */ 5989 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 5990 { 5991 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 5992 } 5993 5994 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 5995 /** 5996 * DOC: Test mode 5997 * 5998 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 5999 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6000 * factory programming. 6001 * 6002 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6003 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6004 */ 6005 6006 /** 6007 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6008 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6009 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6010 * be put into the skb 6011 * 6012 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6013 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6014 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6015 * 6016 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6017 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6018 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6019 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6020 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6021 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6022 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6023 * 6024 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6025 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6026 * 6027 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6028 */ 6029 static inline struct sk_buff * 6030 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6031 { 6032 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6033 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6034 } 6035 6036 /** 6037 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6038 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6039 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6040 * 6041 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6042 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6043 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6044 * regardless of the return value. 6045 * 6046 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6047 */ 6048 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6049 { 6050 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6051 } 6052 6053 /** 6054 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6055 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6056 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6057 * be put into the skb 6058 * @gfp: allocation flags 6059 * 6060 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6061 * testmode multicast group. 6062 * 6063 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6064 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6065 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6066 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6067 * in any other way. 6068 * 6069 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6070 * skb to send the event. 6071 * 6072 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6073 */ 6074 static inline struct sk_buff * 6075 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6076 { 6077 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6078 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6079 approxlen, gfp); 6080 } 6081 6082 /** 6083 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6084 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6085 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6086 * @gfp: allocation flags 6087 * 6088 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6089 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6090 * consumes it. 6091 */ 6092 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6093 { 6094 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6095 } 6096 6097 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6098 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6099 #else 6100 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6101 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6102 #endif 6103 6104 /** 6105 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6106 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6107 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6108 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6109 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6110 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6111 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6112 * status for a FILS connection. 6113 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6114 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6115 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6116 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6117 */ 6118 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6119 const u8 *kek; 6120 size_t kek_len; 6121 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6122 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6123 const u8 *pmk; 6124 size_t pmk_len; 6125 const u8 *pmkid; 6126 }; 6127 6128 /** 6129 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6130 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6131 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6132 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6133 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6134 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6135 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6136 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6137 * case. 6138 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6139 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6140 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and 6141 * @bss needs to be specified. 6142 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6143 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6144 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6145 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6146 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6147 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6148 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6149 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6150 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6151 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6152 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6153 */ 6154 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6155 int status; 6156 const u8 *bssid; 6157 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6158 const u8 *req_ie; 6159 size_t req_ie_len; 6160 const u8 *resp_ie; 6161 size_t resp_ie_len; 6162 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6163 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6164 }; 6165 6166 /** 6167 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6168 * 6169 * @dev: network device 6170 * @params: connection response parameters 6171 * @gfp: allocation flags 6172 * 6173 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6174 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6175 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6176 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6177 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6178 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6179 */ 6180 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6181 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6182 gfp_t gfp); 6183 6184 /** 6185 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6186 * 6187 * @dev: network device 6188 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6189 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained 6190 * through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL) 6191 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6192 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6193 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6194 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6195 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6196 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6197 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6198 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6199 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6200 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6201 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6202 * case. 6203 * @gfp: allocation flags 6204 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6205 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6206 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6207 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6208 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6209 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6210 * 6211 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6212 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6213 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6214 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6215 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6216 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6217 */ 6218 static inline void 6219 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6220 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6221 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6222 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6223 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6224 { 6225 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6226 6227 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6228 params.status = status; 6229 params.bssid = bssid; 6230 params.bss = bss; 6231 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6232 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6233 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6234 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6235 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6236 6237 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6238 } 6239 6240 /** 6241 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6242 * 6243 * @dev: network device 6244 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6245 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6246 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6247 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6248 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6249 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6250 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6251 * the real status code for failures. 6252 * @gfp: allocation flags 6253 * 6254 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6255 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6256 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6257 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6258 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6259 */ 6260 static inline void 6261 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6262 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6263 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6264 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6265 { 6266 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6267 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6268 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6269 } 6270 6271 /** 6272 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6273 * 6274 * @dev: network device 6275 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6276 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6277 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6278 * @gfp: allocation flags 6279 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6280 * 6281 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6282 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6283 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6284 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6285 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6286 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6287 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6288 */ 6289 static inline void 6290 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6291 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6292 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6293 { 6294 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6295 gfp, timeout_reason); 6296 } 6297 6298 /** 6299 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6300 * 6301 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6302 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6303 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6304 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6305 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6306 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6307 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6308 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6309 */ 6310 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6311 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6312 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6313 const u8 *bssid; 6314 const u8 *req_ie; 6315 size_t req_ie_len; 6316 const u8 *resp_ie; 6317 size_t resp_ie_len; 6318 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6319 }; 6320 6321 /** 6322 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6323 * 6324 * @dev: network device 6325 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6326 * @gfp: allocation flags 6327 * 6328 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6329 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6330 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6331 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6332 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6333 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6334 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6335 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6336 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6337 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6338 */ 6339 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6340 gfp_t gfp); 6341 6342 /** 6343 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6344 * 6345 * @dev: network device 6346 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6347 * @gfp: allocation flags 6348 * 6349 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6350 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6351 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6352 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6353 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6354 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6355 */ 6356 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6357 gfp_t gfp); 6358 6359 /** 6360 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6361 * 6362 * @dev: network device 6363 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6364 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6365 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6366 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6367 * @gfp: allocation flags 6368 * 6369 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6370 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6371 */ 6372 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6373 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6374 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6375 6376 /** 6377 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6378 * @wdev: wireless device 6379 * @cookie: the request cookie 6380 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6381 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6382 * channel 6383 * @gfp: allocation flags 6384 */ 6385 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6386 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6387 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6388 6389 /** 6390 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6391 * @wdev: wireless device 6392 * @cookie: the request cookie 6393 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6394 * @gfp: allocation flags 6395 */ 6396 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6397 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6398 gfp_t gfp); 6399 6400 /** 6401 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6402 * 6403 * @sinfo: the station information 6404 * @gfp: allocation flags 6405 */ 6406 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6407 6408 /** 6409 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6410 * @sinfo: the station information 6411 * 6412 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6413 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6414 * the stack.) 6415 */ 6416 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6417 { 6418 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6419 } 6420 6421 /** 6422 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6423 * 6424 * @dev: the netdev 6425 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6426 * @sinfo: the station information 6427 * @gfp: allocation flags 6428 */ 6429 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6430 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6431 6432 /** 6433 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6434 * @dev: the netdev 6435 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6436 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6437 * @gfp: allocation flags 6438 */ 6439 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6440 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6441 6442 /** 6443 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6444 * 6445 * @dev: the netdev 6446 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6447 * @gfp: allocation flags 6448 */ 6449 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6450 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6451 { 6452 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6453 } 6454 6455 /** 6456 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6457 * 6458 * @dev: the netdev 6459 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6460 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6461 * @gfp: allocation flags 6462 * 6463 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6464 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6465 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6466 * 6467 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6468 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6469 */ 6470 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6471 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6472 gfp_t gfp); 6473 6474 /** 6475 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6476 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6477 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6478 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6479 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6480 * @len: length of the frame data 6481 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6482 * 6483 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6484 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6485 * 6486 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6487 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6488 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6489 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6490 */ 6491 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6492 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6493 6494 /** 6495 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6496 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6497 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6498 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6499 * @len: length of the frame data 6500 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6501 * @gfp: context flags 6502 * 6503 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6504 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6505 * transmission attempt. 6506 */ 6507 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6508 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6509 6510 6511 /** 6512 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6513 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6514 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6515 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6516 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6517 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6518 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6519 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6520 * 6521 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6522 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6523 * control port frames over nl80211. 6524 * 6525 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6526 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6527 * 6528 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6529 */ 6530 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6531 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6532 6533 /** 6534 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6535 * @dev: network device 6536 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6537 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6538 * @gfp: context flags 6539 * 6540 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6541 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6542 */ 6543 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6544 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6545 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6546 6547 /** 6548 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6549 * @dev: network device 6550 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6551 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6552 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6553 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6554 * @gfp: context flags 6555 */ 6556 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6557 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6558 6559 /** 6560 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6561 * @dev: network device 6562 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6563 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6564 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6565 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6566 * @gfp: context flags 6567 * 6568 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6569 * given interval is exceeded. 6570 */ 6571 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6572 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6573 6574 /** 6575 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6576 * @dev: network device 6577 * @gfp: context flags 6578 * 6579 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6580 */ 6581 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6582 6583 /** 6584 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6585 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6586 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6587 * @gfp: context flags 6588 * 6589 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6590 */ 6591 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6592 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6593 6594 /** 6595 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6596 * @dev: network device 6597 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6598 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6599 * @gfp: context flags 6600 * 6601 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6602 * frame. 6603 */ 6604 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6605 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6606 gfp_t gfp); 6607 6608 /** 6609 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6610 * @netdev: network device 6611 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6612 * @event: type of event 6613 * @gfp: context flags 6614 * 6615 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6616 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6617 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6618 */ 6619 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6620 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6621 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6622 6623 6624 /** 6625 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6626 * @dev: network device 6627 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6628 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6629 * @gfp: allocation flags 6630 */ 6631 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6632 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6633 6634 /** 6635 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6636 * @dev: network device 6637 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6638 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6639 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6640 * @gfp: allocation flags 6641 */ 6642 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6643 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6644 6645 /** 6646 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6647 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6648 * @addr: the transmitter address 6649 * @gfp: context flags 6650 * 6651 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6652 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6653 * sender. 6654 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6655 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6656 */ 6657 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6658 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6659 6660 /** 6661 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6662 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6663 * @addr: the transmitter address 6664 * @gfp: context flags 6665 * 6666 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6667 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6668 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6669 * station to avoid event flooding. 6670 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6671 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6672 */ 6673 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6674 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6675 6676 /** 6677 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6678 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6679 * @addr: the address of the peer 6680 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6681 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6682 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6683 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6684 * @gfp: allocation flags 6685 */ 6686 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6687 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6688 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6689 6690 /** 6691 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6692 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6693 * @frame: the frame 6694 * @len: length of the frame 6695 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6696 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6697 * 6698 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6699 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6700 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6701 */ 6702 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6703 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6704 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6705 6706 /** 6707 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6708 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6709 * @chandef: the channel definition 6710 * @iftype: interface type 6711 * 6712 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6713 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6714 */ 6715 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6716 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6717 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6718 6719 /** 6720 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6721 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6722 * @chandef: the channel definition 6723 * @iftype: interface type 6724 * 6725 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6726 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6727 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6728 * more permissive conditions. 6729 * 6730 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6731 */ 6732 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6733 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6734 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6735 6736 /* 6737 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6738 * @dev: the device which switched channels 6739 * @chandef: the new channel definition 6740 * 6741 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 6742 * driver context! 6743 */ 6744 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6745 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6746 6747 /* 6748 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 6749 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 6750 * @chandef: the future channel definition 6751 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 6752 * 6753 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 6754 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 6755 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 6756 */ 6757 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6758 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6759 u8 count); 6760 6761 /** 6762 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 6763 * 6764 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 6765 * @band: band pointer to fill 6766 * 6767 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6768 */ 6769 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 6770 enum nl80211_band *band); 6771 6772 /** 6773 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 6774 * 6775 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 6776 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 6777 * 6778 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 6779 */ 6780 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6781 u8 *op_class); 6782 6783 /* 6784 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 6785 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 6786 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 6787 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 6788 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 6789 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 6790 * @gfp: allocation flags 6791 * 6792 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 6793 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 6794 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 6795 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 6796 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 6797 */ 6798 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6799 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 6800 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 6801 6802 /* 6803 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 6804 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 6805 * 6806 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 6807 */ 6808 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 6809 6810 /** 6811 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 6812 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 6813 * 6814 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 6815 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 6816 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 6817 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 6818 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 6819 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 6820 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 6821 * 6822 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6823 */ 6824 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 6825 6826 /** 6827 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 6828 * @ies: FT IEs 6829 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 6830 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 6831 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 6832 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 6833 */ 6834 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 6835 const u8 *ies; 6836 size_t ies_len; 6837 const u8 *target_ap; 6838 const u8 *ric_ies; 6839 size_t ric_ies_len; 6840 }; 6841 6842 /** 6843 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 6844 * @netdev: network device 6845 * @ft_event: IE information 6846 */ 6847 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6848 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 6849 6850 /** 6851 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 6852 * @ies: the input IE buffer 6853 * @len: the input length 6854 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 6855 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 6856 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 6857 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 6858 * 6859 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 6860 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 6861 * 6862 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 6863 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 6864 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 6865 */ 6866 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6867 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 6868 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 6869 6870 /** 6871 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 6872 * @ies: the IE buffer 6873 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6874 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6875 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6876 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6877 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6878 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 6879 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 6880 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6881 * 6882 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6883 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6884 * split. 6885 * 6886 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6887 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6888 * 6889 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6890 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6891 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6892 * 6893 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6894 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6895 * of the buffer should be used. 6896 */ 6897 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6898 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 6899 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 6900 size_t offset); 6901 6902 /** 6903 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 6904 * @ies: the IE buffer 6905 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 6906 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 6907 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 6908 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 6909 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 6910 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 6911 * 6912 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 6913 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 6914 * split. 6915 * 6916 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 6917 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 6918 * 6919 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 6920 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 6921 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 6922 * 6923 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 6924 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 6925 * of the buffer should be used. 6926 */ 6927 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 6928 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 6929 { 6930 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 6931 } 6932 6933 /** 6934 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 6935 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 6936 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 6937 * @gfp: allocation flags 6938 * 6939 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 6940 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 6941 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 6942 * else caused the wakeup. 6943 */ 6944 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6945 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 6946 gfp_t gfp); 6947 6948 /** 6949 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 6950 * 6951 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 6952 * @gfp: allocation flags 6953 * 6954 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 6955 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 6956 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 6957 */ 6958 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 6959 6960 /** 6961 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 6962 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6963 * 6964 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 6965 */ 6966 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6967 6968 /** 6969 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 6970 * 6971 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6972 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 6973 * 6974 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 6975 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 6976 * the interface combinations. 6977 */ 6978 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6979 struct iface_combination_params *params); 6980 6981 /** 6982 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 6983 * 6984 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6985 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 6986 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 6987 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 6988 * 6989 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 6990 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 6991 * purposes. 6992 */ 6993 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6994 struct iface_combination_params *params, 6995 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 6996 void *data), 6997 void *data); 6998 6999 /* 7000 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7001 * 7002 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7003 * @wdev: wireless device 7004 * @gfp: context flags 7005 * 7006 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7007 * disconnected. 7008 * 7009 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7010 */ 7011 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7012 gfp_t gfp); 7013 7014 /** 7015 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7016 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7017 * 7018 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7019 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7020 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7021 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7022 * 7023 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7024 * the driver while the function is running. 7025 */ 7026 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7027 7028 /** 7029 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7030 * 7031 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7032 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7033 * 7034 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7035 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7036 */ 7037 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7038 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7039 { 7040 u8 *ft_byte; 7041 7042 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7043 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7044 } 7045 7046 /** 7047 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7048 * 7049 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7050 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7051 * 7052 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7053 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7054 */ 7055 static inline bool 7056 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7057 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7058 { 7059 u8 ft_byte; 7060 7061 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7062 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7063 } 7064 7065 /** 7066 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7067 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7068 * 7069 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7070 */ 7071 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7072 7073 /** 7074 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7075 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7076 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7077 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7078 * result. 7079 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7080 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7081 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7082 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7083 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7084 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7085 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7086 */ 7087 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7088 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7089 u8 inst_id; 7090 u8 peer_inst_id; 7091 const u8 *addr; 7092 u8 info_len; 7093 const u8 *info; 7094 u64 cookie; 7095 }; 7096 7097 /** 7098 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7099 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7100 * @match: match notification parameters 7101 * @gfp: allocation flags 7102 * 7103 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7104 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7105 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7106 */ 7107 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7108 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7109 7110 /** 7111 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7112 * 7113 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7114 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7115 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7116 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7117 * @gfp: allocation flags 7118 * 7119 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7120 */ 7121 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7122 u8 inst_id, 7123 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7124 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7125 7126 /* ethtool helper */ 7127 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7128 7129 /** 7130 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7131 * @netdev: network device 7132 * @params: External authentication parameters 7133 * @gfp: allocation flags 7134 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7135 */ 7136 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7137 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7138 gfp_t gfp); 7139 7140 /** 7141 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7142 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7143 * @req: the original measurement request 7144 * @result: the result data 7145 * @gfp: allocation flags 7146 */ 7147 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7148 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7149 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7150 gfp_t gfp); 7151 7152 /** 7153 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7154 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7155 * @req: the original measurement request 7156 * @gfp: allocation flags 7157 * 7158 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7159 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7160 */ 7161 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7162 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7163 gfp_t gfp); 7164 7165 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7166 7167 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7168 7169 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7170 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7171 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7172 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7173 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7174 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7175 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7176 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7177 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7178 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7179 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7180 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7181 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7182 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7183 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7184 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7185 7186 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7187 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7188 7189 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7190 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7191 7192 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7193 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7194 #else 7195 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7196 ({ \ 7197 if (0) \ 7198 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7199 0; \ 7200 }) 7201 #endif 7202 7203 /* 7204 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7205 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7206 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7207 */ 7208 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7209 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7210 7211 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7212